Difference between revisions of ".NET Preferences"

From Galen Healthcare Solutions - Allscripts TouchWorks EHR Wiki
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(165 intermediate revisions by 5 users not shown)
Line 91: Line 91:
 
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.
 
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.
  
This list includes the net new preferences with v11.2.
+
This list includes the net new preferences with v17.1.
  
 
'''Categories'''
 
'''Categories'''
Line 99: Line 99:
  
 
=='''Alert Preferences'''==
 
=='''Alert Preferences'''==
 +
 
''' AllergyListNotReconciled'''  
 
''' AllergyListNotReconciled'''  
  
Line 120: Line 121:
 
''' Allow Don't Show Me Again Option'''  
 
''' Allow Don't Show Me Again Option'''  
  
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''
+
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
  
 
Allows users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.
 
Allows users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.
Line 710: Line 711:
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==
+
=='''Charge Preferences'''==
''' Works CT Batch Start Time'''
+
 
 +
Organizations can lock select fields on Encounter Forms to prevent them from being edited.
 +
 
  
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.
+
''' AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrder'''
  
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to specify if associated charges should be removed automatically from Encounter Form when a charge order status is changed to Cancelled or Entered in Error.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00  am </li><li>2:00  am</li><li>3:00  am</li><li>4:00  am</li><li>5:00  am</li><li>6:00  am</li><li>7:00  am</li><li>7:00  pm</li><li>8:00  pm</li><li>9:00  pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable'''
  
''' Works CT Distance'''  
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 
+
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Area on the Encounter Form.
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.
 
 
 
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Education Preferences'''==
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 +
 
  
''' EducationCounselorEditable'''  
+
''' BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
  
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Location on the Encounter Form.
  
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 762: Line 764:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
''' EducationProvidedEditable'''  
+
''' BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
  
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 
+
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Provider on the Encounter Form.
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 781: Line 783:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''General Preferences'''==
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 
 
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean?
 
  
 +
''' DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable'''
  
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:''' ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 
+
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Division on the Encounter Form.
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default
 
 
 
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings
 
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4
 
 
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 806: Line 802:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected. This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.
+
 
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.
+
''' PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
   
+
 
 +
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Performing Provider on the Encounter Form.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 822: Line 821:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADXConfigured'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 +
 
 +
''' ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
 +
 
 +
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Referring Provider on the Encounter Form.
  
This controls access to Native Integration
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 838: Line 840:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 +
 
 +
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==
 +
''' Works CT Batch Start Time'''
 +
 
 +
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.
 +
 
 +
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
  
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00  am </li><li>2:00  am</li><li>3:00  am</li><li>4:00  am</li><li>5:00  am</li><li>6:00  am</li><li>7:00  am</li><li>7:00  pm</li><li>8:00  pm</li><li>9:00  pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''
+
''' Works CT Distance'''  
 +
 
 +
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.
  
* Note: New to v11.4
+
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
=='''Education Preferences'''==
  
'''Allergy List Review'''
+
''' EducationCounselorEditable'''  
  
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used. It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.
+
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
  
 +
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog.
 
      
 
      
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:''' Warn if an allergy is not participating in checking.
 
 
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.
 
 
If Set to '''Yes''' warning is allowed.
 
 
If set to '''No''' warning is not allowed.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 898: Line 901:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
 +
''' EducationProvidedEditable'''
 +
 +
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
 +
 +
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog.
  
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:''' Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuides.  Allows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to make at the personal template level within the ACI.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 914: Line 920:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
* If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities:
+
=='''General Preferences'''==
  
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)
+
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean?
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.
 
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.
 
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.
 
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template.
 
  
*If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:
 
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template
 
# Delete items or headers
 
# Edit headers
 
# Rearrange items or headers
 
  
 +
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:'''
 +
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default
  
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:'''
+
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings
 
+
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider to get credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.
+
 
 
 
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 948: Line 942:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
     
+
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''
 
  
If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.
+
If set to '''Y''', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected.  This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.
  
If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  
+
If set to '''N''', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.
     
+
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 969: Line 962:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''ADXConfigured'''
  
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''
+
This controls access to Native Integration
 
+
   
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1
 
 
 
*If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.
 
*If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site
 
 
*Note:  If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB. 
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 995: Line 982:
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''
  
'''Audit level''' - Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including:  
+
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.
 
+
   
#User name
 
#Patient name
 
#Patient MRN
 
#Access date
 
#Access time
 
#Device used (Web, PDA)
 
#Action time
 
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)
 
#WebFramework Page accessed 
 
 
 
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report.  Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored.  Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production.  This is not seen often, but should be considered.  These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes. This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. 
 
 
 
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''
 
 
 
*  If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.
 
*  If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.
 
*  If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,022: Line 992:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''
  
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''
+
* Note: New to v11.4
 
 
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''
 
 
 
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,042: Line 1,008:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Allergy List Review'''
  
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section'''  
+
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used.  It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.
 +
   
 +
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:'''
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.
  
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.
+
If Set to '''Y''' warning is allowed.
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
If set to '''N''' warning is not allowed.
  
*  If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,067: Line 1,032:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
+
'''AllowAssocationOfCaseInformationToEncounters'''
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to associate a workers' compensation case to a non-appointment encounter manually.
 +
 
 +
NOTE: The case information ( case ID, date of injury, and status) comes from the practice management application. The encounter type of '''Allow Case Association''' must be set in the '''Encounter Type dictionary'''.
  
* If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user.  This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart.  The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.
+
If set to '''Yes''' the '''Case''' section will display so that a case can be selected and linked to the encounter.  
  
*  When set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.
+
If set to '''No''' the '''Case''' section will not display.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,086: Line 1,055:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''
 
  
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents. 
 
  
*  If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patientIf the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.  
+
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:'''
 +
 
 +
Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuidesAllows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to at the personal template level within the ACI.  
 
   
 
   
*  If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient.  IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 
 
*  If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first.  If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 
 
*  If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 
     
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,109: Line 1,072:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities:
  
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''
+
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)
*  This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide]. If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book. If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page. The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid.
+
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.
 
+
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.
 +
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.
 +
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template.  
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
# Delete items or headers
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
+
# Edit headers
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
+
# Rearrange items or headers
|-
+
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
+
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:'''
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
  
 +
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.
  
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:'''  
+
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final
  
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.
+
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final
  
* If Set to '''Yes''' CED's will automatically be sent.
 
* If set to '''No''' CED's will not automatically be sent.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,146: Line 1,107:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
     
 +
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''
  
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:''' Default sharing with Communities (Opt-in) or not share (Opt-out)
+
If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.
  
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.
+
If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  
*Default Value: Opt-In
+
     
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,164: Line 1,125:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''
 +
 +
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1
  
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.
  
Allows the creation of future encounters
+
If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site
* When set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
+
* When set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
+
*Note:  If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB. 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,183: Line 1,147:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Audit level'''
 +
 +
Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including:
 +
 +
#User name
 +
#Patient name
 +
#Patient MRN
 +
#Access date
 +
#Access time
 +
#Device used (Web, PDA)
 +
#Action time
 +
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)
 +
#WebFramework Page accessed 
  
 +
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report.  Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored.  Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production.  This is not seen often, but should be considered.  These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes.  This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. 
  
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:'''  
+
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue.
 
  
 +
If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.
 +
If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.
 +
If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items. 
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,200: Line 1,181:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''
  
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''
+
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.2'''
+
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 +
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
  
*  The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,219: Line 1,200:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''
+
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section'''  
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.2'''
+
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.
  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
*  Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set
+
If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.
to RTF or CCDA.
+
If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.
 
+
If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,239: Line 1,224:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''CED (Subkey:CVE View Default)
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 
 +
Determines C-CDA document sections that are displayed when an imported clinical exchange document (CED) is displayed in Document Viewer.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Configured custom views found in Clinical View Engine View in '''TW Admin>Document Admin'''
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
*Note: CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive View Service API key) and CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive Viewer Service URL) must be configured.
  
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''
+
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
  
 +
If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user.  This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart.  The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.
  
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
+
If set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,257: Line 1,261:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
Line 1,263: Line 1,267:
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''
  
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''
+
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents. 
  
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''
+
*  If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient. If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.  
 +
 +
*  If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient.  IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
  
 +
*  If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first.  If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
  
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''
+
*  If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
*  This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart.
+
     
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,278: Line 1,285:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''
+
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''
*  This Value is a number representing number of daysThis tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart.   
+
*  This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide]If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book.  If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page.  The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid.   
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,293: Line 1,300:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:'''
  
 +
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.
  
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''
+
If Set to '''Y''' CED's will automatically be sent.
*  This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system.  This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific physician.  For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.
+
If set to '''N''' CED's will not automatically be sent.  
+
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,310: Line 1,319:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Clinical Summary Document'''  
+
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:'''  
 
 
*  Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Admin.  it only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.
 
  
 +
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.
 +
*Default Value: Opt-In
 +
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,326: Line 1,337:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Patient Profile Section'''  
+
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 
*  The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top
 
of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.
 
  
*  The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application.
+
Allows the creation of future encounters
::Click on the patient banner or Note Authoring workspace (NAW).
+
If set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
::Click the Patient Profile button on Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules.
+
If set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,347: Line 1,355:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
       
 
  
 +
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:'''
 +
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue.
  
'''Default Specialty ID'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty.  This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training.  This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets.  Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference. 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    Available Options: Any entry in the Specialty Dictionary
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Recommended Setting: Caution -Blank for user/providers (adverse affect of their favorites if not left blank),
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    Users can populate as needed, but the recommended setting is still "Blank"
+
|-
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
    User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default. 
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
*  This value specifies the default supervising physician for users that require supervision with Orders.  This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level. 
+
|}
  
    Available Options:  Any entry in the Provider Dictionary
+
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''
    Recommended Setting: Blank
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, this is on by default. 
 
  
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''
+
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them.  This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.
 
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.
 
   
 
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
 
    Recommended Setting:  'N'
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  This is on by default
 
  
 +
*The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
''''Derive Billing Indicators From'''
+
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''
  
*'''NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
  
* This is a numeric value between 0-40.  This defines how to determine when a problem is billable.
+
*Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
  This preference applies only if Charge is installed.
 
    Available Options:  Numeric Value between 0-40
 
    Recommended Setting:  N/A
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise
 
    User Can Override:  No
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Dictionary Cache'''
+
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''
* This setting is looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone.  This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise.
 
  
    Available Options: Numeric Value
+
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
    Recommended Setting:  Do not change
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''Dictionary Edit Max Count'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  This setting should be a value between 100 and 1000.  This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  Numeric Value between 100 and 1000
+
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''
    Recommended Setting:  1000
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''Directives Editable'''
+
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''
* If set to 'Y' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable.  This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.
 
*  If set to 'N' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only. This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface.
 
   
 
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
 
    Recommended Setting: 
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''
* If set to 'Y' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
+
* This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart.
* If set to 'N' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise,Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: N/A
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 +
|}
  
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''
+
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''
*  This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selectorIn most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day.  If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down.  If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved. 
+
*  This Value is a number representing number of daysThis tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart.   
 
 
    Available Options:  Numeric Value between 0-99
 
    Recommended Setting:  1
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
 
 
'''DisplayPatientPicture''' - Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]
 
*  If set to 'Y', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen.  This also allows the ability to upload pictures. 
 
*  If set to 'N', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.
 
 
 
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
    Recommended Setting: 
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
 
 
'''Double Click Action'''
 
*  If set to "View" this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.
 
*  If set to "Edit" this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.
 
 
 
    Available Options:  'View' or 'Edit'
 
    Recommended Setting:  'View'
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, this is on by default and should be shown during training.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''
 
 
 
'''*NOTE: Added of 11.4.1 HF1'''
 
 
 
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,469: Line 1,456:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''
 +
*  This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system.  This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific provider.  For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default
 +
|}
  
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment'''  
+
'''Default Clinical Summary Document'''  
 
 
Allows users to choose to use either the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.
 
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment
 
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment   
 
   
 
    Available Options:  'Due Date' or 'Start Date'
 
    Recommended Setting:
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise only
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
 
 
'''Enable Allergy Verification''' - Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
 
*  If set to 'Y' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider.  This is important for JCAHO accreditation.
 
*  If set to 'N' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
* Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Admin. it only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.
    Recommended Setting: 'N'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Default Patient Profile Section'''  
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
*  The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.
  
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year.  
+
*  The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules.  
  
* If set to 'Y' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* If set to 'N' no reminder will appear.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
       
 +
'''Default Specialty ID'''
 +
*  This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty. This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training. This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets. Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference.  
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Optional
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Enable MSHV''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''
 
+
* This value specifies the default supervising provider for users that require supervision with Orders. This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level.   
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog.
+
* If set to 'Y' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account.   
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* If set to 'N' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Note: Enterprise EHR usres should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to N
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
   
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
      Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
      Default Setting: 'N'
+
|-
      Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary
      User Can Override: N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
     
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting Y allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
+
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''
     
+
*If set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them.  This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.
      Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
*If set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.
      Default Setting: 'N'
+
   
      Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
      User Can Override: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''
 
  
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting Y allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
+
'''Derive Billing Indicators From'''
     
 
      Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
      Default Setting: 'N'
 
      Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
      User Can Override: Allowed
 
  
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''
+
*NOTE: Added in 11.4
* When set to 'Encounter Selector'
+
* This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.
* When set to 'Create New Encounter'
 
  
    Available Options: 'Encounter Selector' or 'Create New Encounter'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting:  
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Optional
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management and Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Practice Management and Enterprise
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''
+
'''Derive Entering For From'''
 +
* This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.
  
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a use is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Only<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Derive from Current Encounter Only
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: Active entries in the Encounter Type dictionary
 
    Recommended Setting: Chart Update
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Optional
 
  
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Dictionary Cache'''
 +
* This preference is no longer used.  However in earlier versions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone. This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise.  
  
Encounter Summary: Always print medication profile
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    Default Setting: 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    User Can Override: Optional
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DO NOT CHANGE
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 +
|}
  
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:''' Encounter Summary: Always Provide Clinical Summary
+
'''Dictionary Edit'''
*Default Value: Y
+
* This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000. This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.
  Options:
 
  1. Y (Allow)
 
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
 
  
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  When set to 'Type' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type (orders, problems, etc.)
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
*  When set to 'Problem' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem. 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|10,000
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  'Type' or 'Problem'
+
'''Directives Editable'''
    Recommended Setting: 'Problem'
+
If set to '''Y''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable. This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
If set to '''N''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only.  This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface. 
    User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be shown during training.
+
   
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''
+
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents'''  
* If set to 'Y' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
* If set to 'N' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''
+
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''
*If set to 'Y', the encounter summary will appear when a user hits the commit button or leaves the patient's chartThis acts as a review process prior to committing the data.
+
* This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selectorIn most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day.  If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go downIf appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved.
* If set to 'N', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user hits the commit button or leaves the patient's chartThis will commit the data without the chance to review it.  
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, this is selected by default and should be shown in training
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''
+
|-
*  This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise.  This is displayed when printing patient instructions. 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number between 0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| 1
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: Free Text
+
'''DisplayPatientPicture'''
    Recommended Setting: '911'
+
Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
* If set to '''Y''', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen.  This also allows the ability to upload pictures. 
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
*  If set to '''N''', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable
+
'''Double Click Action'''
 +
*  If set to '''View''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.
 +
*  If set to '''Edit''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>View<ul></li><li>Edit
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| View
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile. 
+
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''
NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done
+
*Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.
*Default Value: N
 
  Options:
 
  1. Y (Allow)
 
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
 
  
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password
+
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
*Default Value: Blank
+
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
  This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, anyone can click the detail
 
  button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.
 
  
'''Fax Maximum Pages''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
Maximum number of pages (estimated) allowed in a chart fax
+
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment'''
* This is a numeric field
+
Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.
 +
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment
 +
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment   
  
     Available Options: Free Text Numeric Field
+
      
    Recommended Setting:
+
'''Enable Allergy Verification'''
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
* If set to '''Y''' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider.  This is important for JCAHO accreditation.
 +
*  If set to '''N''' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.
  
'''Fax Warning Type''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
 +
  
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.
+
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
    Available Options: Block Fax, Disabled, Warn User
+
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year.
    Recommended Setting:
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2
+
* If set to '''Y''' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."
 +
* If set to '''N''' no reminder will appear.
  
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: Y or N
+
'''Enable eCoupon at Point of Prescribing'''
    Default Setting: N
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Yes
 
  
 +
Allows organizations to search for and display eCoupons for a medication in context.
 +
* If set to '''Yes''' applicable coupons are displayed for the medication in context.
  
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''
+
* If set to '''No''' applicable coupons will not display for medication in context.
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></l><li>Select All Sites|</l><li>Individual sites associated with the organization
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not selected
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical
+
'''Enable CS on Schedule Daily'''
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be
 
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.
 
   
 
    Available Options: Y or N
 
    Default Setting: N
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise
 
    User Can Override: N
 
  
 +
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule.
  
'''Info Button Access'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Note: New in v11.4.1
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
*  The InfoButton Access preference enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
*  'Y' Enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
:::'''Important''': You should not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to  Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
+
|-
*  'N' When set to 'N' the InfoButton is not visable. All users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N' (Blank setting functions same a selecting 'N')
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
    Prerequisite: Subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
                  Otherwise recommended setting is 'N'.
+
|}
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization.     
 
    User Can Override
 
 
 
'''Language Editable'''
 
*  When set to 'Y', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.
 
*  When set to 'N', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.
 
 
 
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
    Recommended Setting: 'N'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export'''   *New in v11.4.1
+
'''Enable CS on Schedule Provider'''
  
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration.  
+
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule.  
*  When set to 'Active', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
+
     
*  When set to 'Complete', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Available Options: 'Active' or 'Complete'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    Recommended Setting: 'Active'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    User Can Override: Yes
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''
+
'''Enable MSHV'''  
* When set to 'Y', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
*  When set to 'N', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog.
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account.  
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
* If set to '''N''' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to '''N'''.
 +
   
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''
+
     
*  This is a numeric value between 0-40.  This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view.  This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options. 
+
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''
  
    Available Options:  Numeric Value between 0-40
+
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
    Recommended Setting:  N/A
+
     
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    User Can Override:  No
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
'''Maximum Number of Seconds to allow for Worklist Load'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
*  This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out.  This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance.  In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.  
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
    Available Options: Numeric Value  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
    Recommended Setting: 30
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
|}
 
+
     
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
+
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''
*  This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored.  This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields.  For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status.  This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. 
 
  
    Available Options:  Numeric value between 1-99
+
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
    Recommended Value:  2
 
    Available on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override?  No, This is off and enforced
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''
  
 +
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
  
'''MRNForCommunityPatientIdentification'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored.  This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields.  For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status.  This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  Numeric value between 1-99
+
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''
    Recommended Value:  2
 
    Available on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override?  No, This is off and enforced
 
  
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''
+
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.
 
  
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
* 'Y'-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.
+
'''Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary'''
* 'N'-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.
+
Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default.  This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference.  
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Defaulted Setting: Y
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: N/A
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data'''  * Note: New in v11.4.1
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization (PAMI) data for trusted sites through Native Integration.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
* 'Y'-   when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
* 'N'-   when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.
+
|}
 
 
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
    Defaulted Setting: N
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates''' * Note: New in v11.4.1
+
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile'''  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.
+
Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.
 
* 'Y'-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.
 
* 'N'-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Defaulted Setting: N
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: N/A
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Native Integration Configured'''   * Note: New in v11.4.1
+
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:'''
 +
Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default. 
 +
* When set to '''Disabled''' then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable).
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared.
 +
* When set to '''N''' the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.
  
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
* 'Y'-   data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
* 'N'-   data does not move in and out.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>Disable
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
    prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of
+
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''
Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date
+
* When set to '''Type''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)
specified in the preference value.'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval'''   *NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
* When set to '''Problem''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem. 
  
*  For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Type<ul></li><li>Problem
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Problem
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.
+
   
 +
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary
 +
*  If set to '''N''' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.
  
    Valid Values: Integer
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Defaulted Setting: None
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization/System
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Personalize
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days'''   *NOTE: Added in 11.4.1'''
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
:::For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''
 +
*If set to '''Y''', the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This acts as a review process prior to committing the data.
 +
If set to '''N''', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart.  This will commit the data without the chance to review it.  
  
    Valid Values: 0-500
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Defaulted Setting: Blank Value
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: N/A
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments'''  
+
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
+
* This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise. This is displayed when printing patient instructions.
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification
 
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.
 
  
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''- The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|911
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.
+
 
 +
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable
  
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.
+
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile. 
 +
* NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.
  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Available Options: 1.Review Hospital Notification Team 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
                        2.PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
                        3.No Notification
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Defaulted Setting: PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
|-
    User Can Override: N/A
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units''' *  Moved to HMP Preferences
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
+
|}
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''
 
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password
 +
*Default Value: Blank
 +
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.
  
*  Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
specified in the preference value.  The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file.  If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enter Preferred Password"|<ul></li><li>Leave Blank
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
      Available Options: Date Specific
+
'''Fax Maximum Pages'''
      Defaulted Setting: Blank
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
      Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
      User Can Override: N/A
 
  
 +
Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.
 +
* This is a numeric field
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Field
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}         
  
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''
+
'''Fax Warning Type'''  
* This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated.  The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary.  If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password.  Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access. Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Options:  Numeric value from 0 – 99
 
    Recommended Setting:  5
 
    Available on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User can override?  No, this is off an enforced
 
  
'''Patient MRN used for Communities'''
+
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in
+
|-
the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document (CED).
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Block Fax<ul></li><li>Disabled<ul></li><li>Warn User
Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn User
(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
    Available Options: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
    Recommended Setting: Enterprise
+
|}
    Available on these levels: Enterprise
 
    User can override?  No
 
  
 +
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2
  
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level
+
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List.
  Options:
+
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]
  1. Organization
 
  2. Provider
 
  
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
This preference determines whether
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA
+
|-
document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
* 'Y': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
::The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
::: *Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
::If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.
+
|}
* 'N': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.
+
   
 +
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
    Default Setting: 'Organization'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:
 
::(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)
 
  
 +
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical
 +
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be
 +
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.
  
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' *Note: Added in 11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
         
 +
'''Info Button Access'''
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.
 +
*'''Important Prerequisite''': Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
  
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
+
* '''Y''' enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.
::This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''.
+
* '''N''' makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.
    Available Options: Numeric value from 0 – 99
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Default Value: 18
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Available on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User can override? 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|'''See Prerequisite'''
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
 +
'''Language Editable'''
 +
*  When set to '''Y''', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.
 +
*  When set to '''N''', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.
  
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' *Note: Added in 11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
       
 +
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export'''  
 +
* New in v11.4.1
  
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
+
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration.
 +
*  When set to '''Active''', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
 +
*  When set to '''Complete''', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
  
::This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Available Options: Numeric value from 0 – 99
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Default Value: 12
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    Available on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    User can override? 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
+
|-
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active<ul></li><li>Complete
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Active
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''
 +
* When set to '''Y''', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
 +
*  When set to '''N''', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
  
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
* 'Y' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.
+
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification.  
+
*  This is a numeric value between 0-40.  This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view. This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options.
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™.  
 
  
* 'N' if set to N, the patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value Between 0-40
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
'''Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load'''
    Defaulted Setting: N
+
*  This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out.  This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance. In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
    User Can Override: N/A
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
:::'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal. In some cases, this might be a legal requirement because of state or local laws regarding guardian access to the patient's health record.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
*  If set to 'Y', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.
+
|-
*  If set to 'N', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible. 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
+
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) PatientImageSource'''
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''
+
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
* If set to 'Y', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
 
*  If set to 'N', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible. 
 
  
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
+
Allows organization to enter the URL of the web service that will return the patient image when the MRN is passed. The URL must end with an equal (=). A unique patient-specific number will be appended to the URL to read patient images. Patient images will be displayed in the MAR workspace and in the Patient Profile Dialog.
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''PCPEditable''' - * Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
+
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) UpdatePatientPictureSource'''
* Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.
 
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/  - Galen Blog article with more details.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''PCPDefaultSearch''' - * Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
+
Allows organization to determine if patient picture are uploaded from the MAR workspace.
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary
 
care physician) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set. You
 
can set the preference to default the search to either the Provider or Referring Provider
 
dictionaries when selecting an entry for PCP.
 
  
    Available Options: Provider, Referrig Provider
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Provider
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No  
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''
+
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past.   
+
This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored.  This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields.  For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter statusThis is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit.
*  If set to 'Never' the user will not be warned of this condition.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Immediate' or 'Never'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'Never'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
'''Print Patient Education Always'''
+
|-
*  If set to 'Always' the indicator on the encounter summary screen will be selected and printed anytime patient education is available whether it is part of a CareGuide or custom education materials added by the client.  This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
*  If set to 'CareGuide Only', the indicator on the encounter summary screen will be selected and printed anytime patient education is available if included with the CareGuide.  This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|1
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  'Always' or 'CareGuide Only'
+
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''
    Recommended Setting:  'Always'  
+
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Yes, this is an option, but not selected by default
 
  
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''
+
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.
*  If set to 'Y' the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down. The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers.  This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. 
 
*  If set to 'N' the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary.
 
  
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
+
* '''Y'''-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.
    Recommended Setting: 'N'
+
* '''N'''- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
The '''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable''' preference can enable you to edit or update a patient’s preferred method to receive chart updates.
+
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data'''  
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
  
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal, such as Allscripts Patient Portal™, powered by Medfusion®.
+
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization '''(PAMI)''' data for trusted sites through Native Integration.
::* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.
+
 +
* '''Y'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.
 +
* '''N'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.
  
::*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
* 'Y'- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.
+
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates'''  
* 'N'- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.
+
* Note: New in v11.4.1
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.
    Defaulted Setting: Y
+
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
* '''Y'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.
    User Can Override: no
+
* '''N'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.
  
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:''' Patient Communication Clinical Summaries Editable
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
*Default Value: Y
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
  Options:  
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
  1. Y (Allow)
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:''' Patient Communication Reminder Editable
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
*Default Value: Y
+
|}
  Options:  
 
  1. Y (Allow)
 
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
 
  
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
'''Native Integration Configured'''  
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.
 +
 +
* '''Y'''-  data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.
 +
* '''N'''-  data does not move in and out.
  
This preference can enable you to edit or update a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal, such as Allscripts Patient Portal™, powered by Medfusion®.
+
'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval'''  
 +
* NOTE: Added in v11.4
 +
* For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.
  
::* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.
+
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.
  
::*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
::*If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, such as Microsoft® HealthVault®, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.
+
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days'''  
  
::*If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4.1
  
* 'Y'- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.
+
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.
  
* 'N'- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.
+
For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Defaulted Setting: Y
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: no
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable
+
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments'''  
  
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.
+
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.
+
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification
  Options:  
+
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.
  1. Y (Allow)
 
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
 
  
 +
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''-  The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.
  
'''RequestMaxRetries'''
+
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.
  
* Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed. The default value of the preference is 3.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
*Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Available Options: 1,2,3,4,5
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    Defaulted Setting: 3
+
|-
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Review Hospital Notification Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<ul></li><li>No Notification
    User Can Override: N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
 +
|}
  
'''RequestTimeout'''
+
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary Preference'''  
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
* Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. You use the preference to set the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.
+
Determines how many days of past results are cited when generating an Rich Text Format (RTF) clinical summary or Clinical Exchange Document (CED).
  
    Available Options: 10,20,30,40,50,60,70,80,90,100,120 seconds
+
A value of 1-500 will designate how many days of past results will be included in the RTF or CED. Enter () to not include past results in RTF or CED documents.
    Defaulted Setting: 60
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
+
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''
 +
* Moved to HMP Preferences
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
'''Number of Days in Past to Allow Editing Encounter'''  
  
* Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of Y, the message, The request was aborted, is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to N, the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, Ignored Exception.
+
* NOTE: Added in V11.5
  
    Available Options: Y,N
+
Allows organizations to limit the number of encounters available for selection on Encounter Selector. The number available encounters will be based on the age of the encounter in days.
    Defaulted Setting: Y
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''  
+
'''OccMedNavigation_Daily'''  
  
* Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
Toolbar.  
 
  
    Available Options: '''*NOTE: Findings Option Added in 11.4.1'''
+
Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Daily Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.
    'Active', 'Past Medical History', 'Past Surgical History',
 
    'Family History', 'Social History', 'Allergies',
 
    'Medication History', 'Immunization History', 'Chief Complaint',
 
    'Rx', 'Medication Administration', 'Laboratory', 'Radiology',
 
    'Procedures', 'Findings', 'Follow Up/Referral', 'Imaging', 'Instructions',
 
    'Immunizations', 'Supplies', 'CareGuides', or 'QSets'
 
    Default Setting: N/A
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Y
 
Note: If you select Chief Complaint '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' for the Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice
 
Button preference, the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar,
 
rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Summary<ul></li><li>Chart<ul></li><li>MD Charges<ul></li><li>Task List
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Encounter Summary
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
|}
 +
*Valid Values of '''Encounter Summary''' will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Chart''' will display the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''MD Charges''' will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Task List''' will display Task List.
  
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''OccMedNavigation_Provider'''  
  
Default for History Builder Button to direct user to a specific History Builder tab in ACI
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
    Available Options: 'Active', 'Past Medical History', 'Past Surgical History', 'Family History', 'Social History'
+
Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Providers Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.
                        'Allergies', 'Medication History', 'Immunization History', or 'Chief Complaint'
 
    Default Setting: 'Active'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Summary<ul></li><li>Chart<ul></li><li>MD Charges<ul></li><li>Task List
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Encounter Summary
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
|}
 +
*Valid Values of '''Encounter Summary''' will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Chart''' will display the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''MD Charges''' will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Task List''' will display Task List.
  
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI
+
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''
  
    Available Options: 'CareGuide' or 'QSets'
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
    Default Setting: 'QSets'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
 +
*  Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value.  The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file.  If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.
  
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' * Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date Specific
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
+
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''
  
    Available Options: 'Laboratory', 'Radiology', 'Procedures', 'Findings', 'Follow Up/Referral',
+
*  This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated.  The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary.  If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password.  Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access.  Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session. 
    'Instructions' 'Immunizations', or 'Supplies'
 
    Default Setting: 'Lab/Procedures'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification'''
  
    Available Options: 'Rx' or 'Medication Administration'
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.3
    Default Setting: 'Rx'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
'''UA Install Location''' This preference is no longer used.  
+
This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED).  Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).
 +
   
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears'''
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
    Recommended Setting:
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
 +
This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''.  
  
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|18
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' 
  
    Available Options: 'Site' or 'Organization'
+
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
    Default Setting: 'Organization'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''
+
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
*  This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field.
 
  
    Available Options:  Free Text - provided by technical representative
+
This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.
    Recommended Setting: Blank unless using UAI
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''Wand Charge Enabled''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'
+
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range'''  
* When set to 'Y' the Billing button is enabled on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™.  
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
* When set to 'N' no visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™.  
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.
    Defaulted Setting: N
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, User
 
    User Can Override: Administrators can set this preference at the enterprise level
 
                        and then override it for individual users.
 
  
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* '''Y''' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.
 +
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification.  
 +
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™.  
  
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed
+
* '''N'''- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.
* When set to 'Y' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.
 
* When set to 'N' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.
    Defaulted Setting: N
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, User
 
    User Can Override: Admin only
 
  
'''Wand Document Enabled''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.
+
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level
* When set to 'Y' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™.
 
* When set to 'N' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™.
 
::Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.
 
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
    Defaulted Setting: 'Y'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, User
 
    User Can Override: Admin only
 
  
 +
This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers.   
 +
* '''Provider''' setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.
 +
* '''Organization''' setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally.  Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.
 +
To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal
 +
communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the
 +
implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR
 +
and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal
 +
and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are
 +
filed in the application.
  
'''Wand Encounter Enabled''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
* When set to 'Y' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
* When set to 'N' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters.
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Organization
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
    Defaulted Setting: 'Y'
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
    User Can Override: Admin only
+
|}
 
 
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''
 
*  This is disabled and not used at this time.  Do not modify. 
 
 
 
  
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''
+
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration'''  
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.2'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED
+
This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job.  
Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.
 
  
    Available Options: Any selection from the list of Worklist Views
+
* '''Y''': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.
    Recommended Setting: Verify Clinical Item View
+
The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise
+
Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences
    User Can Override:  No
+
If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.
 
+
* '''N''': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.
'''Workspace view for tasks that navigate to worklist'''
 
*  This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list.  When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items.  
 
 
 
    Available Options: Drop down list of available clinical desktop views
 
    Recommended Setting: Worklist view designed to efficiently complete worklist items
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, this should be explained in training.
 
 
 
=='''HMP Preferences'''==
 
 
 
''' 1) Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''
 
 
 
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)
  
''' 2) HMP Vitals Units'''
+
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''
  
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.
+
*  '''Y''' enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.
+
* '''N''', disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''
''' 3) ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''
+
*  If set to '''Y''', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
 
+
* If set to '''N''', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible.
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View.   
 
If display permanently is chosen to deferred items in the Administered/Recorded view, then those same items are also cited when that view is cited into Note.
 
*Note: New V11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''PCPDefaultSearch'''  
''' 4) ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''
+
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
 
+
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care provider) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.
 
*Note: New V11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Referring Provider
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
   
 
+
'''PCPEditable'''  
''' 5) My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''
+
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
 
+
Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
+
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/  - Galen Blog article with more details.
*Note: New V11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''
''' 6) My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''
+
*  If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past.
 
+
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be warned of this condition.
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
 
*Note: New V11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
 
+
'''Print Patient Education Always'''
''' 7) NormativeGrowthChart'''
+
'''Always''' setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounter.  This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
 
+
*  '''If CareGuide Only''' setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associated.  This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.
+
*  '''Never''' setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>If Careguide Only<ul></li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''
''' 8) NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''
+
'''Y''' setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down.  The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers.  This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. 
 
+
*  '''N''' setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary.
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable'''
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
''' 9) NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''
+
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal.  The setting determines whether this field is editable.
 +
* '''Y'''- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.
 +
* '''N'''- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.
  
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.
+
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.
 +
 
 +
*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Heigh-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:'''
  
''' 10) Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''
+
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.
 
 
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:'''
  
''' 11) Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''
+
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.
 
 
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable'''
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 +
 +
This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.
 +
 +
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.
 +
 +
* '''Y'''- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.
 +
 +
* '''N'''- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.
 +
 +
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.
 +
 +
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
  
''' 12) Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''
+
* If set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.
  
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
+
* If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable
  
''' 13) Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''
+
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.
 
+
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 
 +
'''RequestMaxRetries'''
  
 +
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
''' 14) Show Blank Rows'''
+
Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed.  
 
 
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.
 
  
 +
* Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''RequestTimeout'''
  
''' 15) Show Clinical Findings if'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>10 seconds<ul></li><li>20<ul></li><li>30<ul></li><li>40<ul></li><li>50<ul></li><li>60<ul></li><li>70<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>100<ul></li><li>120
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|60 seconds
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
|}
+
|}    
 +
 
  
 +
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Automatically Flag Patients)'''
  
''' 16) Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
The organization can determine if electronic health records will be automatically flagged if it may contain sensitive health conditions. A nightly SQL job will identify any patient EHRs that might contain Sensitive Health information based on patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey:"Age Range High Limit in Years).  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
  
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', then a nightly SQL job will run based on the patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) and an icon will be displayed on the patient banner. The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
  
''' 17) Show Follow - up if'''
+
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years)'''
  
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
 +
 
 +
An organization can determine the lowest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
 +
 
  
 +
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years)'''
  
''' 18) Show Instructions if'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
An organization can determine the highest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
  
 +
 +
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
  
''' 19) Show Immunizations if'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''
  
''' 20) Show Laboratory if'''
+
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. 
 
+
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button'''
  
''' 21) Show Medication Admin if'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Immunization History
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button'''
  
''' 22) Show Other Diagnostic Testing if'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' *
  
 +
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
  
''' 23) Show Precautions if'''
+
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.
 
 
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Lab/Procedures
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon'''
  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
''' 24) Show Referrals if'''
+
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
 
 
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Rx
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''UA Install Location'''
 +
* This preference is no longer used.
  
''' 25) Show Supplies if'''
+
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients'''  
  
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
* '''Y''' setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View
 +
* '''N''' setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out'''
  
''' 26) Suppress Other Medication'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.
+
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Site<ul></li><li>Organization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''
  
''' 27) Suppress Other Orders'''
+
This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field.
 
 
Setting Y would suppress Other Orders and not show in the HMP, whereas setting to N would not suppress these and show Other Medication in the HMP.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text Provided by Technical Rep
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Unless using UAI
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Meds Preferences'''==
+
'''Wand Charge Enabled'''  
  
''' 1) AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering''' *New in v11.4.1 HF1
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.
+
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'
 
+
* '''Y''' setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™.  
*'Y'- the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.
+
* '''N''' setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™.  
 
*'N'- the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.
 
 
 
*If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' 2) Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value'''
+
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions.
+
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed
If set to 'Y' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
+
* When set to '''Y''' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
If set to 'N' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
+
* When set to '''N''' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' 3) AssignRxRenewTaskToManagedByProvider''' *New in v11.4.1
+
'''Wand Document Enabled'''  
  
This preference determines if Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ automatically reassigns Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or a prior renewal.
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
*'Y'- If there is a Managed By provider, Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Managed By provider who is associated with the matched patient therapy instead of the Ordered By provider.
+
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.
*'N'- Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Ordered By provider associated with the matched patient therapy. If the medication cannot be matched or if both the Ordered By and Managed By provider are inactive, the task is not assigned to a provider.
+
* When set to '''Y''' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™.  
 +
* When set to '''N''' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™.  
 +
Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
* Administrators can configure Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to automatically assign Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or prior renewal. (See ABDR 11.4.1 ''Configure automatic assignment of Rx Renew Request tasks to the Managed By provider'' for more information)
 
  
 +
'''Wand Encounter Enabled'''
  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
''' 4) Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''
+
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.
 
+
* When set to '''Y''' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen.
Set prescribe action to dispense for in-inventory medications
+
* When set to '''N''' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 
+
Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters.  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''
 +
*  This is disabled and not used at this time.  Do not modify. 
  
 +
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''
  
''' 5) Automatically Reactivate NRM'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.2
  
This preference determines if and when No Reported Medications (NRM) will be automatically reactivated in the Meds/Orders component.  If set to 'N' user must manually active NRM via Add Clinical Item when there are not active medications on the patient record (when all meds are in completed, Perm Deferral, EIE, or Discontinued Status and the Current Medications List is empty.  If set to 'NotActiveOnly' the system automatically reactivates NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are not active medications on the patient record. If set to 'NoActiveorTempDefer' the system automatically actives NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are no active medications or if the only medications displayed in the Current Medications are in a Temporary Deferral Status.
+
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.
 
 
* Note: Added in v11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>N</li><li>NotActiveOnly</li><li>NoActiveorTempDefer
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Verify Clinical Item View
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''WorkspaceViewTasks'''
  
''' 6) Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due'''
+
This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list.  When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items.  
 
 
This preference sets a numeric value between 0-99. This represents the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
=='''HMP Preferences'''==
  
''' 7) Days Include Completed Meds'''
+
''' Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''
  
This preference sets a a numeric value between 0-30.  This represents the number of days before the Rx Action Date to consider the renewal as Near Due.  Near Due Prescriptions will display on Encounter Summary.
+
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
 
*Note Added in V11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,854: Line 3,264:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-30
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 8) Default Rx Action for Renewal'''
+
''' HMP Vitals Units'''
  
If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription. If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action.
+
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.
 +
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,871: Line 3,282:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Previous Action</li><li>User Default
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Previous Action
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''
 +
 +
* Note: New V11.4
  
''' 9) Destination: Default Rx Action'''
+
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. 
  
* If set to 'Call Rx' the Rx action will default to Call Rx.
+
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
*  If set to 'Dispense Sample', the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.
+
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
*  If set to 'Print Rx' the Rx action will default to Print Rx.
 
* If set to 'Record' the Rx action will default to Record.
 
*  If set to 'Send To Mail Order' the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.
 
*  If set to 'Send to Retail' the Rx action will default to Send to Retail.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,893: Line 3,303:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Send to Retail
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 10) DestinationOTC: Default Rx Action for OTC'''
+
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''
  
This preference is to ensure OTC medication orders are recorded, printed or sent to the patient's pharmacy.  
+
*Note: New V11.4
  
*Note: Added in V11.4
+
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.
  
* If set to 'Call Rx' the Rx is to call the OTC prescription.
+
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
*  If set to 'Dispense Sample', the Rx action is to dispense the patient an OTC medication sample
+
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
*  If set to 'Print Rx' the Rx action is to print a hard copy of the OTC prescription.
 
* If set to 'Record' the Rx action is to document the OTC prescription in the patient's record.
 
*  If set to 'Send To Mail Order' the Rx is to send the OTC prescription electronically to a mail order pharmacy
 
*  If set to 'Send to Retail' the Rx action is to send the OTC Prescription electronically to a retail pharmacy
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,919: Line 3,325:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank-automatically defaults to Default                Action RX value
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 11) Default Admin By'''
+
''' My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. If set to 'N' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
+
* Note: New V11.4
  
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin By).
+
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View.  The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,938: Line 3,344:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 12) Default Admin Date'''
+
''' My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
+
*Note: New V11.4
  
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Date).
+
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,957: Line 3,363:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 13) Default Admin Dose'''
+
''' NormativeGrowthChart'''
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
+
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Dose).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,978: Line 3,380:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''
  
''' 14) Default Admin Lot'''
+
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.
 
 
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Lot).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,999: Line 3,396:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''
  
''' 15) Default Admin Manufacturer'''
+
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.
 
 
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Manufacturer).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,020: Line 3,412:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Height-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 16) Default Admin Route'''
+
''' Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
+
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default AdminRoute).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,041: Line 3,429:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 17) Default Admin Site'''
+
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
+
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Site).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,062: Line 3,446:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 18) Default Disp Save Default'''
+
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''
  
If set to 'Y', this defaults the 'save as default for selected SIG' option to be selected on the medication screen.  If this information is saved, the next time a provider selects that SIG, the Days, Quantity, Units, Refill, and DAW option will fill in based on the previously saved values.  If set to 'N', the 'save as default for selected SIG' will not be selected by default, but the provider can select this option if they prefer to save a default from time to time.  
+
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,079: Line 3,463:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''
  
''' 19) Default Immun Link to Health Maintenance'''  *New in 11.4HF
+
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
 
The '''Default Immun Link to Health Maintenance''' preference determines whether a new immunization is automatically linked to Health Maintenance as a problem in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™
 
 
 
*Note: If you set the preference value differently on the enterprise level than on the organization level, the application automatically defaults to the organization level setting.
 
 
 
*'Y'- a new immunization is automatically linked to ''Health Maintenance'' as a problem. When you order a new immunization in ''ImmunizationDetails > Order Entry'', Health Maintenance is displayed in the ''Link'' to box. After the immunization information is committed and saved, the linked data is displayed in ''Chart > Clinical Desktop > Problem > Health Maintenance/Risks''.
 
 
 
*'N'- a new immunization is not automatically linked to ''Health Maintenance'' as a problem. You must manually link the immunization to a problem. ''Health Maintenance'' is not displayed in the ''Link'' to box of ''Order Entry'' or in the ''Problem'' section of Clinical Desktop, unless you manually link the immunization to ''Health Maintenance''.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,102: Line 3,479:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Show Blank Rows'''
  
 
+
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.
''' 20) Display Dose Range Missing'''
 
 
 
This preference determines if a message displays on the Medication Details indicating there are no dose ranges available for the medication.
 
 
 
*Note: Added in V11.4.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,122: Line 3,495:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All</li><li>Pediatric</li><li>Geriatric</li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Show Clinical Findings if'''
  
 
+
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
''' 21) Display RX Coverage Detail'''
 
 
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,139: Line 3,511:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''
  
''' 22) DUR Acknowledge Reason'''
+
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
If set to 'Y' the user must provide a reason when ignoring a DUR Warning. If set to 'N' the user will not be required to provide a reason for ignoring the warning.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,156: Line 3,527:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Show Follow - up if'''
  
''' 23) DUR Warning: Dose Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a dose check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this setting to work, the Enterprise DUR settings for dosage must also be on.  If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
 
 
 
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,175: Line 3,543:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 24) DUR WARNING: Drug to Alcohol Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
''' Show Instructions if'''
  
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".  If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with an alcohol check DUR warning immediately  after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for Alcohol screening must also be enabled. If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
+
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,194: Line 3,560:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Show Immunizations if'''
  
''' 25) DUR WARNING: Drug to Drug Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate'or Never".  If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a drug-drug check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Drug interactions must also be enabled.  If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
 
 
 
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,213: Line 3,576:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Show Laboratory if'''
  
''' 26) DUR WARNING: Drug to Food Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a food check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for food screening interactions must also be enabled.  
 
 
 
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,232: Line 3,592:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Show Medication Admin if'''
  
''' 27) DUR WARNING: Drug to Healthstate Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a Drug-Health State check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Health State interactions must also be enabled.  If set to 'Never' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
 
 
 
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,251: Line 3,608:
 
| align="center&